1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
117 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
119 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
121 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
132 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
133 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
134 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
136 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
137 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
138 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
139 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
140 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
141 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
145 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
146 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
150 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
152 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
154 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
157 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
158 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
162 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
164 default_eh_frame_section (void)
166 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
167 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
169 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
174 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(rtx,gc);
176 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
177 must be kept around forever. */
178 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
180 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
181 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
182 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
184 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
186 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
187 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
188 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
189 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
190 define type declaration DIE's. */
191 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
193 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
194 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
195 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
198 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
199 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
200 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
202 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
203 Information instructions. The register number, offset
204 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
205 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
207 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
209 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
215 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
217 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
218 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
219 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
220 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
224 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
226 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
227 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
228 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
230 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
235 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
236 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
237 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
238 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
239 of this structure. */
240 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
242 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
243 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
245 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
248 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
249 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
250 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
251 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
252 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
254 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
257 const char *dw_fde_begin;
258 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
259 const char *dw_fde_end;
260 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
261 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
262 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
263 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
264 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
265 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
266 unsigned funcdef_number;
267 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
268 unsigned nothrow : 1;
269 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
273 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
274 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
276 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
277 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
278 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
279 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
281 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
282 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
285 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
286 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
287 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
290 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
291 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
294 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
295 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
296 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
299 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
300 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
302 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
303 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
306 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
308 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
309 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
310 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
312 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
313 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
314 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
315 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
317 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
321 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
322 information for each routine. */
323 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
325 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
326 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
328 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
329 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
331 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
333 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
335 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
336 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
338 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
339 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
340 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
341 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
342 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
343 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
346 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
349 unsigned int refcount;
354 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
356 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
357 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
359 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
361 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
363 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
364 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
365 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
366 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
367 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
368 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
369 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
370 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
371 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
372 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
373 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
374 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
375 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
376 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
377 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
378 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
380 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
381 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
382 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
383 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
384 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
386 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
388 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
389 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
390 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
393 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
394 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
395 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
397 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
398 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
401 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
402 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
405 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
406 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
409 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
410 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
412 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
413 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
414 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
415 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
416 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
417 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
418 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
419 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
420 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
421 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
423 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
424 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
426 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
428 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
430 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
434 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
435 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
436 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
437 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
440 /* Hook used by __throw. */
443 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
445 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
448 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
449 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
452 stripattributes (const char *s)
454 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
459 while (*s && *s != ',')
466 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
469 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
472 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
473 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
474 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
475 bool wrote_return_column = false;
477 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
478 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
480 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
481 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
484 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
485 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
486 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
488 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
490 wrote_return_column = true;
492 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
496 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
497 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
500 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
501 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
502 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
503 wrote_return_column = false;
505 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
508 if (! wrote_return_column)
510 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
511 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
512 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
513 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
517 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
520 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
527 return "DW_CFA_offset";
529 return "DW_CFA_restore";
533 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
534 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
535 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
536 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
537 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
538 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
539 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
540 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
541 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
542 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
543 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
544 case DW_CFA_undefined:
545 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
546 case DW_CFA_same_value:
547 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
548 case DW_CFA_register:
549 return "DW_CFA_register";
550 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
551 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
552 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
553 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
563 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
564 case DW_CFA_expression:
565 return "DW_CFA_expression";
566 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
567 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
568 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
569 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
570 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
571 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
573 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
574 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
575 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
578 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
579 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
580 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
581 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
582 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
583 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
586 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
590 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
592 static inline dw_cfi_ref
595 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
597 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
598 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
599 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
604 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
607 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
611 /* Find the end of the chain. */
612 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
618 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
621 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
623 static char label[20];
625 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
626 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
630 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
631 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
634 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
638 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
641 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
643 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
644 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
648 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
650 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
652 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
653 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
654 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
657 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
661 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
664 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
667 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
669 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
671 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
672 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
674 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
675 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
678 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
679 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
681 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
682 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
689 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
692 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
696 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
699 loc->base_offset = 0;
701 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
702 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
704 if (fde_table_in_use)
706 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
707 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
708 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
712 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
713 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
715 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
717 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
719 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
720 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
722 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
723 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
725 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
726 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
727 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
730 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
737 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
740 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
743 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
745 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
746 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
747 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
748 && (loc1->indirect == 0
749 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
752 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
753 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
756 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
759 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
764 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
765 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
767 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
768 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
770 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
771 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
776 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
778 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
779 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
781 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
785 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
786 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
787 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
790 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
791 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
792 offset has not changed. */
793 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
794 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
798 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
800 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
801 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
802 the specified offset. */
803 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
804 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
805 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
809 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
810 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
811 register-offset pair is available. */
812 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
814 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
815 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
816 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
819 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
822 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
823 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
824 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
825 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
828 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
830 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
832 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
834 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
837 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
839 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
841 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
843 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
845 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
846 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
847 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
849 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
851 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
854 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
856 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
858 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
860 else if (sreg == reg)
861 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
864 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
865 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
868 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
871 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
872 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
873 from the previous frame's window save area.
875 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
876 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
879 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
881 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
883 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
884 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
887 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
888 pushed onto the stack. */
891 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
895 if (size == old_args_size)
898 old_args_size = size;
901 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
902 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
903 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
906 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
907 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
910 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
912 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
915 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
916 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
919 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
921 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
924 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
925 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
928 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
930 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
933 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
934 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
937 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
939 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
940 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
942 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
945 /* RA is in a register. */
946 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
950 /* RA is on the stack. */
952 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
955 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
960 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
961 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
965 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
966 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
976 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
977 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
978 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
979 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
980 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
987 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
988 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
991 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
995 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
997 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
998 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
999 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1002 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1004 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1005 code = GET_CODE (src);
1006 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1007 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1008 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1011 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1015 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1017 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1018 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1019 code = GET_CODE (src);
1025 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1027 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1028 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1029 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1030 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1031 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1038 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1040 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1047 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1049 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1064 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1065 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1066 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1069 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1071 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1075 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1076 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1077 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1078 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1079 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1082 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1083 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1084 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1086 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1088 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1089 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1090 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1091 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1092 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1093 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1094 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1095 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1100 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1102 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1103 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1106 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1108 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1109 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1110 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1111 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1112 offset = -args_size;
1117 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1118 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1119 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1120 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1122 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1124 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1125 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1126 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1134 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1135 cfa.offset += offset;
1137 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1141 args_size += offset;
1145 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1146 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1147 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1148 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1153 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1154 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1155 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1157 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1159 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1161 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1165 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1167 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1168 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1173 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1174 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1175 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1176 more efficient data structure. */
1177 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1178 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1180 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1181 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1183 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1184 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1187 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1189 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1191 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1192 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1194 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1195 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1200 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1201 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1202 queued_reg_saves = q;
1206 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1207 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1209 last_reg_save_label = label;
1212 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1215 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1217 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1219 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1222 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1224 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1225 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1227 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1229 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1230 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1232 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1234 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1235 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1238 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1240 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1242 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1243 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1246 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1247 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1250 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1251 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1252 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1253 have a new location for? */
1256 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1258 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1260 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1263 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1265 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1266 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1267 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1274 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1277 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1280 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1282 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1283 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1285 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1287 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1288 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1290 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1291 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1293 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1294 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1295 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1298 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1301 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1303 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1305 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1307 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1308 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1311 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1312 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1313 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1314 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1320 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1321 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1322 value, not an offset. */
1323 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1325 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1326 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1327 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1328 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1330 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1331 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1332 users need not read the source code.
1334 The High-Level Picture
1336 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1337 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1338 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1339 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1340 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1342 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1343 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1344 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1345 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1346 saves. This also seems to work.
1348 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1349 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1350 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1351 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1352 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1353 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1354 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1355 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1356 value as in the caller.
1358 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1359 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1360 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1361 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1363 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1366 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1368 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1369 consists of a register and an offset.
1370 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1371 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1372 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1373 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1374 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1375 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1376 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1378 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1379 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1380 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1383 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1384 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1385 and cfa_temp.offset.
1387 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1390 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1391 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1392 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1396 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1397 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1400 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1401 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1402 cfa.offset unchanged
1403 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1404 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1407 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1408 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1409 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1410 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1411 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1412 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1415 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1416 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1417 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1420 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1421 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1423 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1424 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1425 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1428 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1429 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1431 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1432 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1435 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1436 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1437 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1440 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1441 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1442 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1445 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1449 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1450 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1451 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1454 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1455 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1456 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1458 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1461 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1462 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1463 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1465 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1468 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1471 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1472 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1475 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1476 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1477 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1480 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1481 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1482 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1483 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1486 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1487 Â effects: target-dependent */
1490 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1493 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1495 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1496 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1497 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1498 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1499 flag is set in them. */
1500 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1503 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1505 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1506 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1507 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1509 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1514 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1516 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1517 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1521 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1526 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1529 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1531 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1533 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1536 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1537 relative to the current CFA register.
1539 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1540 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1541 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1542 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1543 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1544 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1545 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1549 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1550 gcc_assert (call_used_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1551 && (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1552 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1553 || DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1554 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1555 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1562 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1566 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1569 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1572 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1574 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1580 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1582 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1583 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1584 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1586 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1587 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1590 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1592 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1594 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1595 cfa.offset += offset;
1596 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1597 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1599 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1602 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1603 or adjusting the FP */
1604 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1606 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1607 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1608 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1609 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1610 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1612 cfa.offset += offset;
1613 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1617 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1620 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1621 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1622 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1624 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1625 into the FP later on. */
1626 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1627 cfa.offset += offset;
1628 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1629 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1630 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1631 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1635 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1636 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1637 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1639 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1640 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1641 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1642 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1643 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1647 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1648 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1650 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1651 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1660 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1661 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1666 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1667 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1668 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1670 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1671 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1672 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1675 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1676 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1683 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1684 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1685 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1692 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1696 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1698 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1700 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1705 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1706 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1708 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1710 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1711 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1713 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1714 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1715 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1717 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1723 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1724 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1727 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1728 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1730 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1731 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1732 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1734 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1738 /* With an offset. */
1745 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT);
1746 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1747 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1750 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1752 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1753 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1756 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1757 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1763 /* Without an offset. */
1766 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1768 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1769 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1772 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1773 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1780 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1781 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1782 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1783 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1790 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1791 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1792 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1794 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1796 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1798 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1799 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1801 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1802 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1807 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1808 calculate the CFA. */
1809 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1813 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1815 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1816 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1818 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1823 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1824 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1832 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1833 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1834 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1836 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1837 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1840 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1845 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1849 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1850 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1852 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1855 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1857 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1860 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1862 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1864 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1865 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1867 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1871 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1872 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1874 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1876 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1877 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1881 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1882 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1884 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1886 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1888 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1893 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1894 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1895 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1897 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1898 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1903 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1904 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1906 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1907 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1908 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1909 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1910 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1911 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1914 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1915 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1916 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1918 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1919 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1920 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1922 case DW_CFA_register:
1923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1926 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1927 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1928 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1931 case DW_CFA_expression:
1932 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1939 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1940 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1941 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1943 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1944 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1948 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1949 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1951 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1952 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1955 case DW_CFA_register:
1956 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1959 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1963 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1965 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1966 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1967 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1968 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1969 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1972 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1975 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1978 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1979 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1980 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1981 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1982 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1983 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1985 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1987 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1988 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1990 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1992 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1993 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1994 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1998 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1999 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2001 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2003 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2005 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2006 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2007 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2010 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2011 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2014 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2015 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2016 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2017 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2020 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2021 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2022 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2023 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2026 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2027 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2028 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2029 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2032 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2033 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2034 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2035 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2038 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2039 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2040 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2041 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2042 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2045 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2046 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2047 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2049 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2052 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2053 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2054 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2055 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2056 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2060 case DW_CFA_register:
2061 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2062 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2063 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2067 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2068 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2069 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2072 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2073 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2076 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2079 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2080 case DW_CFA_expression:
2081 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2084 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2085 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2094 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2095 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2096 location of saved registers. */
2099 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2104 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2105 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2106 char augmentation[6];
2107 int augmentation_size;
2108 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2109 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2110 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2113 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2114 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2117 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2118 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2119 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2120 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2121 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2122 specialization doesn't. */
2123 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2124 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2126 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2127 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2128 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2129 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2130 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2131 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2133 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2134 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2135 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2136 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2139 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2141 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2142 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2143 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2144 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2145 any_eh_needed = true;
2146 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2147 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2148 any_eh_needed = true;
2150 if (! any_eh_needed)
2154 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2159 targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section ();
2161 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
2163 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2164 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2166 /* Output the CIE. */
2167 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2168 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2169 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2170 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2171 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2173 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2174 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2175 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2176 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2177 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2179 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2181 augmentation[0] = 0;
2182 augmentation_size = 0;
2188 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2189 augmentation section.
2190 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2191 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2192 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2194 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2195 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2197 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2198 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2199 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2201 p = augmentation + 1;
2202 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2205 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2207 if (any_lsda_needed)
2210 augmentation_size += 1;
2212 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2215 augmentation_size += 1;
2217 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2219 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2223 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2224 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2226 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2228 + 1 /* CIE version */
2229 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2230 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2231 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2233 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2234 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2235 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2237 augmentation_size += pad;
2239 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2240 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2241 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2245 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2246 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2247 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2248 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2250 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2251 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2252 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2254 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2256 if (augmentation[0])
2258 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2259 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2261 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2262 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2263 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2264 eh_personality_libfunc,
2268 if (any_lsda_needed)
2269 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2270 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2272 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2274 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2277 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2278 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2280 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2281 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2282 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2283 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2285 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2286 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2288 fde = &fde_table[i];
2290 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2291 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2292 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2293 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2294 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2297 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2298 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2299 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2300 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2301 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2303 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2306 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2308 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2313 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2314 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2315 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2318 "FDE initial location");
2319 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2321 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2322 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2323 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2324 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2325 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2326 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2327 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2328 "FDE initial location");
2329 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2330 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2331 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2332 "FDE address range");
2333 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2334 "FDE initial location");
2335 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2336 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2337 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2338 "FDE address range");
2341 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2342 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2343 "FDE address range");
2347 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2348 "FDE initial location");
2349 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2351 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2352 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2353 "FDE initial location");
2354 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2355 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2356 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2357 "FDE address range");
2358 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2359 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2360 "FDE initial location");
2361 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2362 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2363 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2364 "FDE address range");
2367 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2368 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2369 "FDE address range");
2372 if (augmentation[0])
2374 if (any_lsda_needed)
2376 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2378 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2380 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2381 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2382 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2383 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2384 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2387 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2390 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2392 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2394 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2395 fde->funcdef_number);
2396 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2397 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2398 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2402 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2403 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2405 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2406 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2410 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2413 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2415 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2416 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2417 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2419 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2420 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2421 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2422 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2425 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2426 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2427 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2428 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2429 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2430 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2433 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2438 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2442 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2443 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2445 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2449 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2451 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2452 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2453 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2455 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2456 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2459 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2463 function_section (current_function_decl);
2464 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2465 current_function_funcdef_no);
2466 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2467 current_function_funcdef_no);
2468 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2469 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2471 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2472 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2473 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2477 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2478 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2480 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2481 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2482 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2483 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2484 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2487 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2488 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2490 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2491 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2492 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2493 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2494 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2495 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2496 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2497 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2498 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2499 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2500 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2501 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2502 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2503 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2504 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2505 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2507 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2509 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2510 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2511 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2513 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2517 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2518 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2522 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2523 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2526 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2528 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2530 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2531 current_function_funcdef_no);
2532 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2533 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2534 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2538 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2540 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2541 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2542 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2543 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2545 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2546 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2548 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2549 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2550 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2551 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2556 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2558 /* Output call frame information. */
2559 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2560 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
2561 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2562 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2565 output_call_frame_info (0);
2567 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2568 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2569 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2570 output_call_frame_info (1);
2575 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2576 for emitting location expressions. */
2578 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2579 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2580 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2583 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2584 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2585 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2586 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2588 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2589 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2590 implementation are listed below. */
2595 dw_val_class_offset,
2597 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2598 dw_val_class_range_list,
2600 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2601 dw_val_class_long_long,
2604 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2605 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2606 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2607 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2611 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2612 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2614 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2621 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2623 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2625 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2631 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2632 represented internally. */
2634 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2636 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2637 union dw_val_struct_union
2639 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2640 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2641 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2642 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2643 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2644 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2645 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2646 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2647 struct dw_val_die_union
2651 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2652 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2653 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2654 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2655 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2657 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2661 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2664 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2666 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2667 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2668 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2669 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2674 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2675 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2676 their entire life. */
2677 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2679 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2680 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2681 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2682 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2683 Only on head of list */
2684 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2685 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2688 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2690 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2691 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2692 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2693 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2694 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2695 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2696 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2697 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2699 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2702 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2707 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2708 return "DW_OP_addr";
2710 return "DW_OP_deref";
2712 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2714 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2716 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2718 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2720 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2722 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2724 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2726 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2728 return "DW_OP_constu";
2730 return "DW_OP_consts";
2734 return "DW_OP_drop";
2736 return "DW_OP_over";
2738 return "DW_OP_pick";
2740 return "DW_OP_swap";
2744 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2752 return "DW_OP_minus";
2764 return "DW_OP_plus";
2765 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2766 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2772 return "DW_OP_shra";
2790 return "DW_OP_skip";
2792 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2794 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2796 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2798 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2800 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2802 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2804 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2806 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2808 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2810 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2812 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2814 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2816 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2818 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2820 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2822 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2824 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2826 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2828 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2830 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2832 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2834 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2836 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2838 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2840 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2842 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2844 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2846 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2848 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2850 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2852 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2854 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2856 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2858 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2860 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2862 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2864 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2866 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2868 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2870 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2872 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2874 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2876 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2878 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2880 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2882 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2884 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2886 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2888 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2890 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2892 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2894 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2896 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2898 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2900 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2902 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2904 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2906 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2908 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2910 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2912 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2914 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2916 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2918 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2920 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2922 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2924 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2926 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2928 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2930 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2932 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2934 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2936 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2938 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2940 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2942 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2944 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2946 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2948 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2950 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2952 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2954 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2956 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2958 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2960 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2962 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2964 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2966 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2968 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2970 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2972 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2974 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2976 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2978 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2980 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2982 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2984 return "DW_OP_regx";
2986 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2988 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2990 return "DW_OP_piece";
2991 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2992 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2993 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2994 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2997 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2998 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3000 return "DW_OP_call2";
3002 return "DW_OP_call4";
3003 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3004 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3005 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3006 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3008 return "OP_<unknown>";
3012 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3013 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3014 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3016 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3017 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3018 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3020 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3022 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3023 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3024 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3025 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3026 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3031 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3034 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3036 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3038 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3039 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3045 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3047 static unsigned long
3048 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3050 unsigned long size = 1;
3052 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3055 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3056 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3075 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3078 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3083 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3084 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3122 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3125 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3128 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3131 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3132 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3135 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3137 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3138 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3147 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3148 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3157 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3159 static unsigned long
3160 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3164 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3166 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3167 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3173 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3176 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3178 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3179 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3181 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3183 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3185 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3189 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3193 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3197 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3198 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3205 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3206 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3208 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3221 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3222 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3223 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3224 only doing unwinding. */
3229 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3235 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3238 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3240 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3241 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3275 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3278 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3281 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3284 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3285 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3288 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3290 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3291 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3292 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3295 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3296 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3298 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3301 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3308 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3313 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3316 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3318 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3320 /* Output the opcode. */
3321 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3322 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3324 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3325 output_loc_operands (loc);
3329 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3330 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3333 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3335 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3338 /* Output the size of the block. */
3339 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3340 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3341 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3343 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3344 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3347 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3348 a dw_cfa_location. */
3350 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3351 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3353 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3357 if (cfa->base_offset)
3360 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3362 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3364 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3365 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3367 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3369 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3370 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3371 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3372 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3374 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3375 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3380 if (cfa->offset == 0)
3382 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3384 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3385 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3386 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->offset, 0);
3388 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->offset);
3394 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3395 descriptor sequence. */
3398 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3400 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3402 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3406 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3408 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3444 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3447 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3481 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3482 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3485 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3486 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3491 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3492 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3495 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3496 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3500 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3502 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3503 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3505 /* .debug_str support. */
3506 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3508 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3509 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3510 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3511 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3512 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3513 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3514 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3515 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3516 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3517 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3518 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3519 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3520 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3521 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3522 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3523 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3525 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3527 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3533 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3534 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3535 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3536 dwarf2out_end_block,
3537 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3538 dwarf2out_source_line,
3539 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3540 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3541 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3542 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3543 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3544 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3545 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3546 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3547 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3548 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3549 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3550 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3551 something tries to reference them. */
3552 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3553 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3554 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3555 dwarf2out_var_location,
3556 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3557 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3561 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3562 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3563 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3565 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3566 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3567 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3568 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3570 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3571 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3573 typedef long int dw_offset;
3575 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3577 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3578 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3579 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3580 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3581 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3583 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3584 line number associated with the label generated for that
3585 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3586 the line number entry. */
3588 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3590 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3591 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3595 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3597 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3599 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3600 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3601 unsigned long function;
3603 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3605 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3606 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3607 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3609 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3611 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3612 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3613 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3617 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3619 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3621 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3623 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3624 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3625 dw_die_ref die_child;
3627 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3628 dw_offset die_offset;
3629 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3631 unsigned int decl_id;
3635 /* The pubname structure */
3637 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3644 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3649 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3650 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3654 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3658 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3659 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3660 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3663 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3664 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3666 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3667 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3668 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3669 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3670 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3671 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3673 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3674 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3675 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3676 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3677 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3678 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3679 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3680 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3681 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3682 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3684 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3685 language, and compiler version. */
3687 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3688 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3689 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3691 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3692 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3694 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3695 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3696 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3697 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3698 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3700 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3701 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3702 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3703 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3704 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3705 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3707 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3708 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3709 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3710 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3712 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3716 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3717 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3718 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3720 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3721 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3723 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3724 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3726 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3727 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3728 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3729 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3730 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3732 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3733 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3734 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3735 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3738 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3739 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3741 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3742 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3744 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3745 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3746 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3747 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3749 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3750 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3751 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3753 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3754 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3756 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3757 const char * GTY (()) label;
3758 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3759 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3762 /* Variable location list. */
3763 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3765 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3767 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3768 it is marked through the chain. */
3769 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3771 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3772 unsigned int decl_id;
3774 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3777 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3778 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3780 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3781 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3782 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3783 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3784 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3786 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3787 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3789 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3790 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3792 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3793 abbrev_die_table. */
3794 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3796 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3797 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3798 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3799 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3801 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3802 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3804 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3805 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3807 /* True if the compilation unit contains more than one .text section. */
3808 static GTY(()) bool have_switched_text_section = false;
3810 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3811 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3812 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3813 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3815 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3816 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3818 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3819 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3821 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3823 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3825 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3826 accessible names. */
3827 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3829 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3830 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3832 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3833 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3835 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3837 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3839 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3840 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3842 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3843 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3845 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3846 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3848 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3850 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3852 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3853 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3855 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3856 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3858 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3859 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3861 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3863 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3865 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3866 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3868 /* Unique label counter. */
3869 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3871 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3872 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3873 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3875 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3876 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3879 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3880 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3882 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3883 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3885 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3887 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the CFA,
3888 within the current function. */
3889 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
3891 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3893 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3894 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3895 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3896 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3897 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3898 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3899 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3900 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3901 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3902 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3903 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3904 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3905 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3906 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3907 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3908 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3909 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3910 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3912 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3913 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3914 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3915 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3916 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3917 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3918 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3919 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3920 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3921 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3922 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3923 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3924 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3925 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3926 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3927 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3929 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3930 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3931 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3932 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3933 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3934 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3935 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3936 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3938 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3939 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3940 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3941 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3942 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3943 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3944 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3945 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3946 static bool is_c_family (void);
3947 static bool is_cxx (void);
3948 static bool is_java (void);
3949 static bool is_fortran (void);
3950 static bool is_ada (void);
3951 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3952 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3953 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3954 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3955 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3956 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3957 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3958 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3959 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3960 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3961 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3962 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3963 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3964 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
3965 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3966 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
3967 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3968 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3969 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3970 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3971 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3972 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3973 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3974 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3975 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3976 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3977 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3978 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3979 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3980 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3981 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3982 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3983 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3984 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3985 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3986 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3987 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3988 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3989 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3990 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3991 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3992 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3993 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3994 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3995 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3996 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3997 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3998 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3999 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4000 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4001 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4002 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
4003 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4004 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4005 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4006 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4007 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4008 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4009 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4010 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4011 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4012 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4013 static void output_pubnames (void);
4014 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4015 static void output_aranges (void);
4016 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4017 static void output_ranges (void);
4018 static void output_line_info (void);
4019 static void output_file_names (void);
4020 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4021 static tree root_type (tree);
4022 static int is_base_type (tree);
4023 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4024 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4025 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4026 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4027 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4028 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4029 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4030 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4031 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4032 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4033 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4034 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4035 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4036 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4037 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4038 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4039 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4040 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4041 static tree field_type (tree);
4042 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4043 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4044 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4045 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4046 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4048 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4049 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4050 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4051 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4052 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4053 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4054 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4055 enum dwarf_attribute);
4056 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4057 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4058 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4059 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4060 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4061 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4062 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4063 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4064 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4065 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4066 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4067 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4068 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4069 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4070 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4071 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4072 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4073 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4074 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4075 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4076 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4077 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4079 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4081 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4083 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4085 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4086 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4087 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4088 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4089 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4090 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4091 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4092 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4093 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4094 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4095 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4096 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4097 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4098 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4099 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4100 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4101 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4102 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4103 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4104 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4105 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4106 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4107 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4108 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4109 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4110 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4111 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4112 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4113 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4114 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4115 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4116 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4117 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4118 static void init_file_table (void);
4119 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4120 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4121 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4122 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4123 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4124 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4125 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4126 const char *, const char *,
4128 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4129 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4131 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4132 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4133 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4134 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4135 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4136 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4137 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4139 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4140 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4141 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4143 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4144 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4146 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4147 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4149 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4150 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4152 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4153 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4155 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4156 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4158 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4159 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4161 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4162 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4164 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4165 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4168 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4169 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4170 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4173 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4174 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4175 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4176 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4179 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4180 the section names themselves. */
4182 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4183 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4185 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4186 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4188 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4189 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4191 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4192 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4194 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4195 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4197 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4198 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4200 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4201 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4203 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4204 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4207 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4208 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4209 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4210 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4211 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4213 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4214 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4215 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4216 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4217 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4218 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4219 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4220 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4221 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4222 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4224 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4225 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4227 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4228 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4230 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4231 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4233 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4234 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4236 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4237 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4239 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4240 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4243 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4244 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4246 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4249 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4251 demangle_name_func = func;
4254 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4257 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4259 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4260 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4261 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4264 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4268 type_main_variant (tree type)
4270 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4272 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4273 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4274 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4275 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4277 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4278 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4279 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4284 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4287 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4289 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4291 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4292 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4295 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4298 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4302 case DW_TAG_padding:
4303 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4304 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4305 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4306 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4307 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4308 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4309 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4310 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4311 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4312 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4313 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4314 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4315 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4317 return "DW_TAG_label";
4318 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4319 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4321 return "DW_TAG_member";
4322 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4323 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4324 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4325 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4326 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4327 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4328 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4329 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4330 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4331 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4332 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4333 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4334 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4335 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4336 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4337 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4338 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4339 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4340 case DW_TAG_variant:
4341 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4342 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4343 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4344 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4345 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4346 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4347 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4348 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4349 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4351 return "DW_TAG_module";
4352 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4353 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4354 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4355 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4356 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4357 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4358 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4359 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4360 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4361 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4362 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4363 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4364 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4365 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4366 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4367 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4368 case DW_TAG_constant:
4369 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4370 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4371 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4372 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4373 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4375 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4376 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4377 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4378 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4379 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4380 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4381 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4382 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4383 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4384 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4385 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4386 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4387 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4388 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4389 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4390 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4391 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4392 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4393 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4394 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4395 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4396 case DW_TAG_variable:
4397 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4398 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4399 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4400 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4401 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4402 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4403 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4404 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4405 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4406 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4407 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4408 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4409 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4410 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4411 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4412 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4413 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4415 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4419 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4422 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4427 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4428 case DW_AT_location:
4429 return "DW_AT_location";
4431 return "DW_AT_name";
4432 case DW_AT_ordering:
4433 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4434 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4435 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4436 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4437 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4438 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4439 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4440 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4441 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4442 case DW_AT_element_list:
4443 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4444 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4445 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4447 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4449 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4450 case DW_AT_language:
4451 return "DW_AT_language";
4453 return "DW_AT_member";
4455 return "DW_AT_discr";
4456 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4457 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4458 case DW_AT_visibility:
4459 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4461 return "DW_AT_import";
4462 case DW_AT_string_length:
4463 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4464 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4465 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4466 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4467 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4468 case DW_AT_const_value:
4469 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4470 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4471 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4472 case DW_AT_default_value:
4473 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4475 return "DW_AT_inline";
4476 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4477 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4478 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4479 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4480 case DW_AT_producer:
4481 return "DW_AT_producer";
4482 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4483 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4484 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4485 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4486 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4487 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4488 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4489 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4490 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4491 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4492 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4493 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4494 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4495 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4496 case DW_AT_address_class:
4497 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4498 case DW_AT_artificial:
4499 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4500 case DW_AT_base_types:
4501 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4502 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4503 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4505 return "DW_AT_count";
4506 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4507 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4508 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4509 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4510 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4511 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4512 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4513 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4514 case DW_AT_declaration:
4515 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4516 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4517 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4518 case DW_AT_encoding:
4519 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4520 case DW_AT_external:
4521 return "DW_AT_external";
4522 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4523 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4525 return "DW_AT_friend";
4526 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4527 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4528 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4529 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4530 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4531 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4532 case DW_AT_priority:
4533 return "DW_AT_priority";
4535 return "DW_AT_segment";
4536 case DW_AT_specification:
4537 return "DW_AT_specification";
4538 case DW_AT_static_link:
4539 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4541 return "DW_AT_type";
4542 case DW_AT_use_location:
4543 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4544 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4545 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4546 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4547 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4548 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4549 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4551 case DW_AT_allocated:
4552 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4553 case DW_AT_associated:
4554 return "DW_AT_associated";
4555 case DW_AT_data_location:
4556 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4558 return "DW_AT_stride";
4559 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4560 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4561 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4562 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4563 case DW_AT_extension:
4564 return "DW_AT_extension";
4566 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4567 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4568 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4569 case DW_AT_call_column:
4570 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4571 case DW_AT_call_file:
4572 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4573 case DW_AT_call_line:
4574 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4576 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4577 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4578 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4579 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4580 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4581 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4582 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4583 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4584 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4585 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4586 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4587 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4588 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4589 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4590 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4591 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4592 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4593 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4594 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4595 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4596 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4597 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4599 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4600 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4601 case DW_AT_src_info:
4602 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4603 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4604 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4605 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4606 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4607 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4608 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4609 case DW_AT_body_end:
4610 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4611 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4612 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4614 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4615 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4618 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4622 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4625 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4630 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4631 case DW_FORM_block2:
4632 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4633 case DW_FORM_block4:
4634 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4636 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4638 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4640 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4641 case DW_FORM_string:
4642 return "DW_FORM_string";
4644 return "DW_FORM_block";
4645 case DW_FORM_block1:
4646 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4648 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4650 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4652 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4654 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4656 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4657 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4658 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4660 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4662 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4664 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4666 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4667 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4668 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4669 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4670 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4672 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4676 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4677 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4678 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4679 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4683 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4685 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4688 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4689 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4690 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4691 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4694 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4695 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4696 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4698 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4701 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4702 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4703 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4704 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4708 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4710 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4712 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4713 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4714 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4715 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4718 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4723 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4727 ret_val = lookahead;
4728 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4729 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4731 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4733 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4734 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4735 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4736 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4737 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4738 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4739 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4740 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4746 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4747 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4751 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4753 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4755 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4756 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4758 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4759 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4761 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4762 context = NULL_TREE;
4767 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4768 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4771 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4773 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4775 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4776 die->die_attr = attr;
4780 static inline enum dw_val_class
4781 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4783 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4786 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4789 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4791 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4793 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4794 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4795 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4796 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4797 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4800 static inline unsigned
4801 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4803 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4804 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4807 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4810 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4812 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4814 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4815 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4816 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4817 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4818 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4821 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4822 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4824 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4825 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4828 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4831 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4832 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4834 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4836 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4837 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4838 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4839 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4840 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4843 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4844 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4846 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4847 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4850 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4853 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4854 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4856 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4858 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4859 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4860 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4861 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4862 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4863 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4866 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4869 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4870 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4872 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4874 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4875 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4876 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4877 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4878 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4879 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4880 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4883 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4886 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4888 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4892 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4894 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4895 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4898 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4901 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4903 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4904 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4907 if (! debug_str_hash)
4908 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4909 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4911 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4912 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4914 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4915 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4916 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4919 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4920 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4921 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4922 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4923 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4926 static inline const char *
4927 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4929 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4930 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4933 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4934 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4937 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4939 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4943 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4945 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4949 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4951 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4952 always better to put it inline. */
4953 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4954 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4956 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4957 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4959 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4960 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4961 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4963 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4964 ++dw2_string_counter;
4965 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4967 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4970 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4973 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4975 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4977 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4978 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4979 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4980 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4981 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4982 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4985 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4986 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4989 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4991 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4992 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4993 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4996 static inline dw_die_ref
4997 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4999 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5000 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5004 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5006 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5007 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5013 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5015 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5016 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5019 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5022 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5024 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5026 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5027 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5028 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5029 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5030 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5033 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5036 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5038 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5040 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5041 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5042 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5043 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5044 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5047 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5048 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5050 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5051 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5055 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5057 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5059 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5060 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5061 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5062 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5063 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5064 have_location_lists = 1;
5067 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5068 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5070 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5071 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5074 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5077 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5079 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5081 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5082 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5083 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5084 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5085 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5089 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5091 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5092 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5095 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5098 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5100 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5102 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5103 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5104 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5105 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5106 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5109 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5112 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
5114 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5116 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5117 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5118 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
5119 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5120 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5123 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5126 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5127 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5129 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5131 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5132 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5133 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5134 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5135 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5138 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5141 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5142 long unsigned int offset)
5144 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5146 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5147 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5148 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5149 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5150 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5153 static inline const char *
5154 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5156 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5157 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5158 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5161 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5164 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5167 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5171 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5172 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5174 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5175 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5179 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5185 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5186 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5187 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5189 static inline const char *
5190 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5192 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5194 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5197 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5198 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5199 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5201 static inline const char *
5202 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5204 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5206 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5209 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5210 NULL if it is not present. */
5212 static inline const char *
5213 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5215 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5217 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5220 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5221 if it is not present. */
5224 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5226 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5228 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5231 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5232 if it is not present. */
5234 static inline unsigned
5235 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5237 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5239 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5242 static inline dw_die_ref
5243 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5245 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5247 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5250 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5255 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5257 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5258 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5261 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5266 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5267 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5270 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5275 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5277 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5278 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5279 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5282 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5287 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5289 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5292 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5297 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5299 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5302 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5304 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5306 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5308 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5309 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5310 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5313 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5316 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5319 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5323 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5324 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5327 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5336 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5339 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5341 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5342 current = die->die_child;
5344 while (current != NULL)
5346 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5348 next = current->die_sib;
5350 die->die_child = next;
5352 prev->die_sib = next;
5359 current = current->die_sib;
5364 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5367 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5369 remove_children (die);
5372 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5375 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5377 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5379 die->die_child = NULL;
5381 while (child_die != NULL)
5383 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5386 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5388 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5390 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5392 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5400 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5401 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5404 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5406 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5408 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5410 child_die->die_parent = die;
5411 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5412 die->die_child = child_die;
5416 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5417 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5420 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5424 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5425 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5426 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5428 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5434 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5435 || (child->die_parent
5436 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5438 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5441 *p = child->die_sib;
5445 child->die_parent = parent;
5446 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5447 parent->die_child = child;
5450 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5452 static inline dw_die_ref
5453 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5455 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5457 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5459 if (parent_die != NULL)
5460 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5463 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5465 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5466 limbo_node->die = die;
5467 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5468 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5469 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5475 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5477 static inline dw_die_ref
5478 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5480 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5483 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5486 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5488 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5491 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5494 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5496 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5499 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5502 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5504 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5507 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5509 static inline dw_die_ref
5510 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5512 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5515 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5518 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5520 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5523 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5527 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5529 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5532 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5534 static inline var_loc_list *
5535 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5537 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5540 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5543 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5545 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5548 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5550 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5553 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5556 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5558 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5562 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5565 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5566 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5574 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5575 we have nothing to do. */
5576 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5577 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5579 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5580 temp->last->next = loc;
5584 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5585 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5592 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5593 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5594 the DIE internal representation. */
5595 static int print_indent;
5597 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5600 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5602 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5605 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5606 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5609 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5614 print_spaces (outfile);
5615 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5616 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5617 print_spaces (outfile);
5618 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5619 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5621 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5623 print_spaces (outfile);
5624 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5626 switch (AT_class (a))
5628 case dw_val_class_addr:
5629 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5631 case dw_val_class_offset:
5632 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5634 case dw_val_class_loc:
5635 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5637 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5638 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5639 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5641 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5642 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5644 case dw_val_class_const:
5645 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5647 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5648 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5650 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5651 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5652 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5653 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5655 case dw_val_class_vec:
5656 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5658 case dw_val_class_flag:
5659 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5661 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5662 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5664 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5665 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5667 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5670 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5672 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5673 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5674 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5676 case dw_val_class_str:
5677 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5678 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5680 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5686 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5689 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5692 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5693 print_die (c, outfile);
5697 if (print_indent == 0)
5698 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5701 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5702 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5705 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5708 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5710 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5711 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5713 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5714 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5715 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5716 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5717 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5718 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5721 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5724 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5727 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5729 print_die (die, stderr);
5732 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5733 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5739 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5740 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5741 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5744 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5745 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5746 they are in order of addition. */
5749 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5751 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5752 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5754 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5756 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5757 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5763 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5770 die->die_child = cp;
5773 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5774 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5775 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5776 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5777 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5780 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5784 reverse_die_lists (die);
5786 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5787 reverse_all_dies (c);
5790 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5791 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5792 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5795 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5797 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5798 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5800 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5804 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5807 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5809 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5811 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5815 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5816 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5818 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5821 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5823 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5824 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5825 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5828 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5831 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5833 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5836 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5838 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5839 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5840 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5841 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5842 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5845 switch (AT_class (at))
5847 case dw_val_class_const:
5848 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5850 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5851 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5853 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5854 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5856 case dw_val_class_vec:
5857 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5859 case dw_val_class_flag:
5860 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5862 case dw_val_class_str:
5863 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5866 case dw_val_class_addr:
5868 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5869 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5872 case dw_val_class_offset:
5873 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5876 case dw_val_class_loc:
5877 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5878 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5881 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5882 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5885 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5886 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5887 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5895 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5898 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5903 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5906 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5909 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5911 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5913 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5914 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5916 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5917 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5921 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5923 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5925 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5927 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5928 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5929 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5932 /* Do the values look the same? */
5934 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5936 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5939 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5942 switch (v1->val_class)
5944 case dw_val_class_const:
5945 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5946 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5947 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5948 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5949 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5950 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5951 case dw_val_class_vec:
5952 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5953 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5955 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5956 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5959 case dw_val_class_flag:
5960 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5961 case dw_val_class_str:
5962 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5964 case dw_val_class_addr:
5965 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5966 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5967 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5969 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
5970 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5972 case dw_val_class_offset:
5973 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5975 case dw_val_class_loc:
5976 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5978 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5979 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5981 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5983 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5984 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5986 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5987 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5988 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5996 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5999 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6001 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6004 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
6005 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
6006 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
6007 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6008 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6011 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6014 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6017 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6022 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6024 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6025 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6027 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6030 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
6032 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
6033 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
6038 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
6040 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
6041 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6049 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6052 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6055 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6057 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6058 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6063 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6065 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6067 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6068 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6070 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6071 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6074 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6076 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6077 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6078 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6081 unsigned char checksum[16];
6084 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6085 the name filename of the unit. */
6087 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6089 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6090 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6091 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6093 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6094 clean_symbol_name (name);
6096 p = name + strlen (name);
6097 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6099 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6103 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6104 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6107 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6110 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6112 switch (die->die_tag)
6114 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6115 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6116 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6117 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6118 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6119 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6120 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6121 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6122 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6123 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6124 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6125 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6126 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6127 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6128 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6129 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6130 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6131 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6138 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6139 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6140 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6141 compilations (functions). */
6144 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6146 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6147 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6148 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6149 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6151 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6154 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6155 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6156 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6157 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6159 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6161 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6164 return is_type_die (c);
6167 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6168 compilation unit. */
6171 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6173 return (is_type_die (c)
6174 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6175 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6179 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6183 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6184 return xstrdup (buf);
6187 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6190 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6194 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6196 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6198 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6200 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6201 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6202 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6205 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6208 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6209 assign_symbol_names (c);
6212 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6215 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6216 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6219 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6221 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6223 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6225 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6229 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6231 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6232 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6234 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6238 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6240 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6250 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6253 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6255 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6256 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6258 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6260 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6261 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6265 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6267 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6273 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6277 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6279 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6280 entry->next = *slot;
6286 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6288 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6290 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6292 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6293 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6297 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6300 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6301 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6302 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6305 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6308 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6309 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6310 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6312 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6314 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6316 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6317 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6319 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6322 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6324 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6327 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6329 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6333 add_child_die (unit, c);
6337 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6338 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6344 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6345 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6349 assign_symbol_names (die);
6350 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6351 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6357 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6358 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6359 &comdat_symbol_number);
6360 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6362 *pnode = node->next;
6365 pnode = &node->next;
6366 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6367 comdat_symbol_number);
6370 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6373 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6374 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6375 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6378 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6382 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6383 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6384 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6385 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6387 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6388 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6391 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6394 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6399 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6400 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6401 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6403 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6404 output_location_lists (c);
6408 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6409 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6410 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6411 die are visited recursively. */
6414 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6416 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6417 unsigned int n_alloc;
6419 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6421 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6422 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6423 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6424 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6425 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6427 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6429 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6432 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6434 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6436 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6438 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6440 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6441 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6443 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6445 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6446 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6449 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6450 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6453 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6459 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6461 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6463 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6464 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6465 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6467 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6468 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6469 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6472 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6473 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6476 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6477 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6478 build_abbrev_table (c);
6481 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6484 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6491 log = floor_log2 (value);
6494 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6499 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6500 .debug_info section. */
6502 static unsigned long
6503 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6505 unsigned long size = 0;
6508 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6509 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6511 switch (AT_class (a))
6513 case dw_val_class_addr:
6514 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6516 case dw_val_class_offset:
6517 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6519 case dw_val_class_loc:
6521 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6524 size += constant_size (lsize);
6528 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6529 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6531 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6532 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6534 case dw_val_class_const:
6535 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6537 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6538 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6540 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6541 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6543 case dw_val_class_vec:
6544 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6545 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6547 case dw_val_class_flag:
6550 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6551 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6552 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6554 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6556 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6557 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6559 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6560 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6562 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6563 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6565 case dw_val_class_str:
6566 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6567 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6569 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6579 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6580 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6581 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6582 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6585 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6589 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6590 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6592 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6595 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6596 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6597 next_die_offset += 1;
6600 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6601 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6602 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6603 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6606 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6610 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6613 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6617 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6620 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6624 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6627 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6631 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6634 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6643 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6644 unmark_all_dies (c);
6646 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6647 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6648 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6651 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6652 compilation unit. */
6654 static unsigned long
6655 size_of_pubnames (void)
6660 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6661 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6663 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6664 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6667 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6671 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6673 static unsigned long
6674 size_of_aranges (void)
6678 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6680 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6681 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6682 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6684 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6685 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6689 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6691 static enum dwarf_form
6692 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6694 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6696 case dw_val_class_addr:
6697 return DW_FORM_addr;
6698 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6699 case dw_val_class_offset:
6700 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6703 return DW_FORM_data4;
6705 return DW_FORM_data8;
6709 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6710 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6711 .debug_loc section */
6712 return DW_FORM_data4;
6713 case dw_val_class_loc:
6714 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6717 return DW_FORM_block1;
6719 return DW_FORM_block2;
6723 case dw_val_class_const:
6724 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6725 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6726 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6729 return DW_FORM_data1;
6731 return DW_FORM_data2;
6733 return DW_FORM_data4;
6735 return DW_FORM_data8;
6739 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6740 return DW_FORM_block1;
6741 case dw_val_class_vec:
6742 return DW_FORM_block1;
6743 case dw_val_class_flag:
6744 return DW_FORM_flag;
6745 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6746 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6747 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6750 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6751 return DW_FORM_data;
6752 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6753 return DW_FORM_addr;
6754 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6755 return DW_FORM_data;
6756 case dw_val_class_str:
6757 return AT_string_form (a);
6764 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6767 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6769 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6771 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6774 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6778 output_abbrev_section (void)
6780 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6784 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6786 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6788 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6790 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6792 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6797 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6798 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6800 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6801 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6802 output_value_format (a_attr);
6805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6809 /* Terminate the table. */
6810 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6813 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6816 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6818 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6823 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6824 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6825 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6827 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6829 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6832 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6833 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6834 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6836 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6837 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6838 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6840 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6842 retlist->begin = begin;
6844 retlist->expr = expr;
6845 retlist->section = section;
6847 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6852 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6855 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6856 const char *begin, const char *end,
6857 const char *section)
6861 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6862 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6865 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6866 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6870 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6876 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6877 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6878 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6879 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6880 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6881 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6882 have_switched_text_section = true;
6885 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6888 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6890 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6892 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6894 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6895 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6898 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
6900 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6901 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6902 list_head->ll_symbol);
6903 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6904 "Location list end address (%s)",
6905 list_head->ll_symbol);
6909 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6910 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6911 list_head->ll_symbol);
6912 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6913 "Location list end address (%s)",
6914 list_head->ll_symbol);
6916 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6918 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6919 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6920 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6922 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6925 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6926 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6927 list_head->ll_symbol);
6928 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6929 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6930 list_head->ll_symbol);
6933 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6934 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6937 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6943 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6944 them to point to. */
6945 if (die->die_symbol)
6946 output_die_symbol (die);
6948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6949 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6951 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6953 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6955 switch (AT_class (a))
6957 case dw_val_class_addr:
6958 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6961 case dw_val_class_offset:
6962 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6966 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6968 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6970 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6971 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6972 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6978 case dw_val_class_loc:
6979 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6981 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6982 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6984 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6987 case dw_val_class_const:
6988 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6989 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6990 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6991 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6994 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6995 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6996 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6999 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7001 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7003 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7004 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7007 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7009 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7010 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7014 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7015 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7018 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7019 first, "long long constant");
7020 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7025 case dw_val_class_vec:
7027 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7028 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7032 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7033 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7038 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7041 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7042 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7046 case dw_val_class_flag:
7047 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7050 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7052 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7055 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7059 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7060 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7062 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7065 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7069 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7070 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7075 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7079 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7080 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7081 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
7085 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7086 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7089 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
7090 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7093 case dw_val_class_str:
7094 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7095 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7096 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7097 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7099 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7107 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7110 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7111 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7112 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7116 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7117 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7120 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7122 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7123 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7124 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7125 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7126 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7127 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7128 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7129 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7130 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7131 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7134 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7137 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7139 const char *secname;
7142 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7143 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7146 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7147 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7148 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7149 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7150 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7153 build_abbrev_table (die);
7155 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7156 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7157 calc_die_sizes (die);
7159 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7162 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7164 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7166 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7169 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
7171 /* Output debugging information. */
7172 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
7173 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7176 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7181 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7185 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7186 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7187 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7190 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7192 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7195 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7198 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7202 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7205 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7207 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7209 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7210 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7211 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7212 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7215 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7217 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7220 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7221 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7222 visible procedures. */
7225 output_pubnames (void)
7228 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7230 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7231 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7232 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7233 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7234 "Length of Public Names Info");
7235 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7236 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7237 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7238 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7239 "Compilation Unit Length");
7241 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7243 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7245 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7246 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7248 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7251 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7254 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7257 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7260 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7262 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7265 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7267 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7268 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7269 (arange_table_allocated
7270 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7271 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7272 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7275 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7278 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7279 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7280 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7283 output_aranges (void)
7286 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7288 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7289 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7290 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7291 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7292 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7293 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7294 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7295 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7296 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7297 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7299 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7300 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7302 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7304 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7305 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7306 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7307 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7310 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7311 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7312 text_section_label, "Length");
7313 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7315 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7317 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7318 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7321 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7323 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7325 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7326 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7328 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7330 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7332 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7333 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7337 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7338 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7339 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7340 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7341 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7343 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7346 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7348 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7349 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7350 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7351 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7356 /* Output the terminator words. */
7357 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7358 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7361 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7365 add_ranges (tree block)
7367 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7369 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7371 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7373 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7374 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7375 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7376 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7379 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7380 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7382 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7386 output_ranges (void)
7389 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7390 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7392 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7394 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7398 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7399 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7401 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7402 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7404 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7405 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7406 base of the text section. */
7407 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
7409 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7411 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7412 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7413 text_section_label, NULL);
7416 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7417 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7418 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7419 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7422 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7423 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7424 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7431 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7432 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7438 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7441 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7442 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7443 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7444 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7445 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7448 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7452 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7453 int length; /* Path length. */
7454 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7455 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7456 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7457 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7460 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7461 the directories in the path. */
7464 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7466 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7467 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7471 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7472 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7473 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7474 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7475 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7476 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7477 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7479 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7480 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7486 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7487 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7488 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7489 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7490 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7492 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7493 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7498 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7499 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7500 slowdowns with many input files. */
7503 output_file_names (void)
7505 struct file_info *files;
7506 struct dir_info *dirs;
7515 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7516 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7518 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7519 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7523 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7524 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7525 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7527 /* Sort the file names. */
7528 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7532 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7533 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7534 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7537 /* Create a new array entry. */
7539 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7540 files[i].file_idx = i;
7542 /* Search for the file name part. */
7543 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7544 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7547 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7548 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7550 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7551 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7552 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7553 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7555 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7557 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7560 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7561 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7562 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7563 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7565 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7566 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7567 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7573 /* This is a new directory. */
7574 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7575 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7576 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7577 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7578 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7579 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7581 /* Search for a prefix. */
7582 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7583 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7584 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7585 && dirs[j].length > 1
7586 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7587 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7588 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7589 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7594 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7595 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7596 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7597 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7598 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7599 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7600 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7601 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7603 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7604 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7609 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7610 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7611 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7612 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7614 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7617 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7619 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7624 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7629 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7630 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7632 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7633 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7638 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7640 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7642 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7643 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7644 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7646 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7647 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7649 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7650 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7655 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7656 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7657 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7658 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7659 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7661 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7663 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7664 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7667 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7668 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7669 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7670 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7671 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7673 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7674 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7675 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7677 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7678 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7679 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7682 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7684 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7686 if (idx_offset == 0)
7689 /* Now write all the file names. */
7690 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7692 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7693 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7695 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7696 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7698 /* Include directory index. */
7699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7701 /* Modification time. */
7702 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7704 /* File length in bytes. */
7705 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7708 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7712 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7713 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7716 output_line_info (void)
7718 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7719 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7720 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7723 unsigned long lt_index;
7724 unsigned long current_line;
7727 unsigned long current_file;
7728 unsigned long function;
7730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7731 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7733 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7735 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7736 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7737 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7738 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7739 "Length of Source Line Info");
7740 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7742 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7743 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7744 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7746 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7747 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7748 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7749 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7750 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7751 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7752 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7753 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7754 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7755 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7757 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7758 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7759 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7760 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7761 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7762 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7763 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7764 "Special Opcode Base");
7766 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7770 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7771 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7772 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7773 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7774 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7786 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7787 output_file_names ();
7788 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7790 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7791 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7792 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7794 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7795 a series of state machine operations. */
7800 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
7801 || (last_text_section == in_named
7802 && last_text_section_name == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
7803 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7805 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7806 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7808 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7811 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7812 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7815 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7816 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7817 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7818 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7819 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7823 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7825 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7826 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7827 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7828 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7829 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7830 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7832 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7835 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7836 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7837 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7838 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7842 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7843 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7846 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7847 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7850 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7852 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7853 different from the previous line. */
7854 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7856 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7858 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7859 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7863 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7864 that uses the least amount of space. */
7865 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7867 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7868 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7869 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7870 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7871 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7872 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7874 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7875 "line %lu", current_line);
7878 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7879 depending on the value being encoded. */
7880 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7881 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7882 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7883 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7887 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7888 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7891 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7894 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7895 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7896 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7901 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7902 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7903 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7906 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7907 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7908 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7913 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7915 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7916 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7919 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7920 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7921 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7922 && line_info->function == function)
7926 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7927 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7928 to handle it differently. */
7929 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7931 if (function != line_info->function)
7933 function = line_info->function;
7935 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7936 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7937 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7938 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7939 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7943 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7947 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7948 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7952 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7953 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7955 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7959 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7961 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7962 different from the previous line. */
7963 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7965 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7966 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7967 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7968 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7972 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7973 that uses the least amount of space. */
7974 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7976 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7977 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7978 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7979 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7980 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7981 "line %lu", current_line);
7984 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7985 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7986 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7987 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7991 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7999 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8000 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8001 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8006 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8007 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8010 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8011 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8012 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8016 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8017 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8018 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8019 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8022 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8023 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8024 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8029 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8030 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8033 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8034 a DIE that describes the given type.
8036 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8037 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8040 base_type_die (tree type)
8042 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8043 const char *type_name;
8044 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8045 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8047 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8052 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8053 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8055 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
8058 type_name = "__unknown__";
8060 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8063 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
8064 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
8065 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
8067 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
8068 && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) == char_type_node
8069 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
8070 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
8072 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8073 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8075 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8078 /* else fall through. */
8081 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
8082 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8083 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8085 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8089 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8092 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8093 a user defined type for it. */
8095 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8096 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8098 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8102 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8103 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8107 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8111 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8112 if (demangle_name_func)
8113 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
8115 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
8116 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8117 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8118 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8120 return base_type_result;
8123 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8124 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8125 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8126 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8127 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8128 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8129 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8130 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8133 root_type (tree type)
8135 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8136 return error_mark_node;
8138 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8141 return error_mark_node;
8144 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8145 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8148 return type_main_variant (type);
8152 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8153 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8156 is_base_type (tree type)
8158 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8172 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8177 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8190 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8191 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8192 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8193 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8196 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8197 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8199 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8200 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8201 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8203 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8204 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8206 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8209 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8210 emitted as a subrange type. */
8213 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8215 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8217 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8218 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8219 or an enumeral type. */
8221 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8222 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8225 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8226 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8229 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8230 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8231 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8232 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8233 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8234 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8235 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8236 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8238 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8239 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8240 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8241 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8242 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8243 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8244 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8245 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8246 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8247 keep checking the actual size. */
8248 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8249 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8251 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8252 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8254 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8255 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8257 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8264 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8265 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8268 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8270 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8271 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8272 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8273 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8274 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8276 if (context_die == NULL)
8277 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8279 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8280 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8282 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8284 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8288 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8289 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8290 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8293 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8295 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8296 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8297 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8300 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8301 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8302 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8303 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8304 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8305 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8306 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8308 return subrange_die;
8311 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8312 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8315 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8316 dw_die_ref context_die)
8318 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8319 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8320 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8321 tree item_type = NULL;
8323 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8325 tree qualified_type;
8327 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8330 = get_qualified_type (type,
8331 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8333 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8335 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8338 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8340 return mod_type_die;
8343 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8344 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8345 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8346 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8348 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8349 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8351 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8353 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8354 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8355 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8357 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8358 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8359 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8360 type to which it refers. */
8362 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8363 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8366 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8372 else if (is_const_type)
8374 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8375 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8377 else if (is_volatile_type)
8379 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8380 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8382 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8384 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8385 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8386 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8388 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8390 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8392 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8394 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8395 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8396 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8398 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8400 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8402 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8403 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8404 else if (is_base_type (type))
8405 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8408 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8410 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8411 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8412 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8413 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8414 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8416 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8417 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8419 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8420 not the main variant. */
8421 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8422 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8425 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8426 type = qualified_type;
8430 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8432 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8433 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8434 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8435 types are possible in Ada. */
8436 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8437 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8438 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8441 if (sub_die != NULL)
8442 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8444 return mod_type_die;
8447 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8448 an enumerated type. */
8451 type_is_enum (tree type)
8453 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8456 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8459 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8461 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8463 /* We do not want to see registers that should have been eliminated. */
8464 gcc_assert (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8465 || rtl != arg_pointer_rtx);
8466 gcc_assert (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8467 || rtl != frame_pointer_rtx);
8469 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8471 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8472 regno = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8475 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8478 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8479 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8480 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8483 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8485 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8487 if (*list_head != NULL)
8489 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8490 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8493 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8494 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8498 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8499 zero if there is none. */
8501 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8502 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8506 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8509 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8511 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8512 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8514 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8517 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8518 a given hard register number. */
8520 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8521 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8524 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8526 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8529 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8530 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8532 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8533 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8537 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8540 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8541 reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8543 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8544 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8546 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8547 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8549 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8556 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg));
8557 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8558 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8564 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8566 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8568 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8571 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8575 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8576 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8577 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8578 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8583 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8585 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8586 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8588 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8590 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8591 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8595 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8598 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8600 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8610 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8612 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8613 || i >= -0x80000000)
8619 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8622 /* Return an offset from an eliminable register to the post-prologue
8625 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8626 eliminate_reg_to_offset (rtx reg)
8628 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
8630 reg = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8631 if (GET_CODE (reg) == PLUS)
8633 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (reg, 1));
8634 reg = XEXP (reg, 0);
8636 gcc_assert (reg == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8637 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8642 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8644 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8645 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8647 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8649 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8650 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8651 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8652 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8653 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8655 offset += eliminate_reg_to_offset (reg);
8656 offset += frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
8658 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8662 unsigned int regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8665 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8667 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8673 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8676 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8678 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8679 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8680 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8681 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8684 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8685 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8686 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8687 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8689 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8690 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8691 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8692 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8694 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8695 autoincrement addressing modes.
8697 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8698 location list for RTL.
8700 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8702 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8703 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8705 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8706 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8708 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8709 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8710 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8711 zeroth element of the array. */
8713 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8715 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8720 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8721 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8723 /* ... fall through ... */
8726 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8727 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8728 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8729 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8730 contains the given subreg. */
8731 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8733 /* ... fall through ... */
8736 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8737 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8738 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8739 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8740 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8741 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8742 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8743 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8744 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8745 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8746 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8747 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8748 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8749 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8750 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8754 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8755 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8756 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8760 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8762 /* ... fall through ... */
8765 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8766 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8770 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8771 by a different symbol. */
8772 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8775 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8777 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8780 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8781 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8786 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8787 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8788 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8789 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8794 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8795 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8796 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8797 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8801 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8803 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8808 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8810 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8811 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8812 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8813 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8815 /* ... fall through ... */
8819 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8820 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8821 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8824 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8825 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8828 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8829 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8830 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8831 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8832 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8835 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8836 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8837 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8838 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8843 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8844 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8863 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8864 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8866 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8869 mem_loc_result = op0;
8870 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8871 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8876 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8883 return mem_loc_result;
8886 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8887 This is typically a complex variable. */
8889 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8890 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8892 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8893 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8894 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8896 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8899 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8900 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
8902 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8903 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
8905 return cc_loc_result;
8908 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8909 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8910 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8911 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8912 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8914 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8916 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8917 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8919 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8921 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8924 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8925 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8926 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8927 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8928 contains the given subreg. */
8929 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8931 /* ... fall through ... */
8934 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8938 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8942 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8947 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8949 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
8953 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8958 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8959 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8960 enum machine_mode mode;
8963 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8964 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8965 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8966 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8967 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8969 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8971 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8972 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8973 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8974 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8986 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8987 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8988 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8989 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8990 the value of LOC. */
8992 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8993 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
8995 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8996 int have_address = 0;
8997 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8998 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9000 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9001 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9004 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9009 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9010 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9011 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9012 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9013 the names of types. */
9019 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9020 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9021 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9022 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9023 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9027 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9031 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9032 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9035 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9039 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9040 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9043 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9044 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9045 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9048 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9049 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9054 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9055 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9058 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9059 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9060 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9062 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9063 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9071 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9072 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9078 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9080 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9082 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9084 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9085 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9086 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9087 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9089 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9091 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9093 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9094 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9095 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9099 enum machine_mode mode;
9101 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9102 if (want_address == 2)
9103 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9105 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9108 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9111 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9117 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9122 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9126 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9127 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9130 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9135 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9138 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9139 enum machine_mode mode;
9142 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9143 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9148 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9150 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9153 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9155 /* Variable offset. */
9156 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9157 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9160 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9162 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9163 else if (bytepos < 0)
9165 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9166 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9174 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9175 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9182 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9183 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9184 enum machine_mode mode;
9186 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9188 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9189 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9190 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9195 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9196 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9201 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9207 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9212 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9214 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9215 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9223 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9225 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9226 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9239 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9243 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9244 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9246 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9250 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9251 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9252 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9262 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9269 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9276 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9283 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9298 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9299 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9300 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9303 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9304 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9307 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9321 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9325 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9331 const enum tree_code code =
9332 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9334 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9335 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9336 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9337 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9340 /* ... fall through ... */
9344 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9345 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9346 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9347 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9348 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9350 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9351 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9354 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9355 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9357 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9358 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9359 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9361 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9362 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9363 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9365 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9366 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9367 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9368 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9369 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9373 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9375 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9376 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9380 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9381 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9382 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9383 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9386 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9387 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9388 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9391 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9392 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9397 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9398 if (want_address && !have_address)
9401 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9402 if (!want_address && have_address)
9404 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9406 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9408 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9411 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9413 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9419 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9420 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9422 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9425 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9426 which is not less than the value itself. */
9428 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9429 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9431 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9434 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9435 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9436 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9440 field_type (tree decl)
9444 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9445 return integer_type_node;
9447 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9448 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9449 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9454 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9455 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9456 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9458 static inline unsigned
9459 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9461 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9464 static inline unsigned
9465 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9467 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9470 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9471 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9472 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9473 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9474 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9477 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9478 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9480 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9481 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9482 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9483 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9485 tree field_size_tree;
9486 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9487 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9488 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9490 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9493 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9495 type = field_type (decl);
9496 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9498 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9499 a flexible array member. */
9500 if (! field_size_tree)
9501 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9503 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9504 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9505 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9506 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9509 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9511 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9512 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9513 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9515 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9517 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9518 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9519 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9521 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9522 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9523 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9524 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9525 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9526 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9527 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9528 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9530 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9532 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9533 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9534 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9535 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9536 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9537 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9538 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9539 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9540 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9541 bits of the bit-field itself.
9543 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9544 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9545 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9546 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9547 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9548 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9549 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9550 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9551 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9553 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9554 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9555 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9556 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9557 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9558 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9560 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9561 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9562 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9564 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9565 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9566 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9568 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9569 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9570 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9571 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9573 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9575 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9576 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9578 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9579 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9580 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9581 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9584 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9587 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9588 associated with them. */
9590 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9592 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9593 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9594 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9597 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9598 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9601 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9604 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9605 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9606 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9607 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9608 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9609 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9612 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9613 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9614 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9615 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9616 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9617 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9618 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9619 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9620 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9624 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9626 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9627 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9629 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9631 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9632 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9634 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9635 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9636 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9637 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9639 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9641 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9643 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9645 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9646 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9647 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9649 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9650 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9651 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9653 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9654 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9655 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9657 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9658 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9659 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9660 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9662 /* Extract the offset. */
9663 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9664 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9666 /* Add it to the object address. */
9667 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9668 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9671 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9674 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9678 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9680 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9681 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9682 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9684 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9685 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9686 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9690 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9693 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9696 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9699 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9702 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9706 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9712 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9714 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9715 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9717 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9723 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9729 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9732 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9738 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9739 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9741 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9742 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9744 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9749 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9750 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9751 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9752 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9753 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9756 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9758 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9762 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9765 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9767 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9772 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9773 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9774 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9775 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9777 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9779 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9781 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9782 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9784 insert_float (rtl, array);
9785 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9789 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9790 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9792 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9793 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9800 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9801 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9802 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9803 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9807 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9809 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9810 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9812 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9813 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9815 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9823 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9824 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9831 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9832 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9835 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9836 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9838 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9839 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9844 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9845 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9850 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9851 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9853 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9854 insert_float (elt, p);
9862 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9867 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9873 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9874 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9878 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9879 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9880 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9881 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9882 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9883 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9884 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9885 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9886 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9887 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9888 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9892 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9898 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9899 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9902 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
9906 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9907 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9908 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9910 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
9911 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9912 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9914 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9916 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9917 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9918 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9919 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9920 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9921 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9922 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9924 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9925 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9926 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9927 /* Aggregate, vector, and complex types may contain constructors that may
9928 result in code being generated when expand_expr is called, so we can't
9929 handle them here. Integer and float are useful and safe types to handle
9931 else if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type))
9932 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9934 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9936 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9937 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9943 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9946 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9950 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9951 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9952 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9954 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9955 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9956 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9957 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9958 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9959 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9960 referenced within the function.
9962 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9963 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9964 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9965 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9967 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9968 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9969 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9970 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9971 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9972 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9974 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9975 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9976 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9977 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9978 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9979 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9980 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9981 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9982 output at debug-time.
9984 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9985 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9986 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9987 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9988 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9989 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9990 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9991 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9992 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9993 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9994 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9995 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9996 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9998 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9999 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10000 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10001 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10002 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10003 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10004 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10005 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10006 I'd like to fix it.
10008 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10009 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10010 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10011 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10012 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10013 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10014 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10015 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10016 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10017 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10018 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10020 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10021 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10023 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10024 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10025 fixed registers. */
10026 if (! reload_completed)
10029 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10031 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10033 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10034 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10036 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10041 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10043 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10045 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10046 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10047 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10048 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10050 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10051 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10052 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10053 if (dmode == pmode)
10054 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10055 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10056 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10057 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10059 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10062 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10064 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10065 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10066 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10067 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10074 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10075 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10076 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10077 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10078 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10079 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10081 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10082 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10083 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10084 /* Not passed in memory. */
10085 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10086 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10087 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10088 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10089 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10090 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10091 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10094 /* Big endian correction check. */
10095 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10096 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10097 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10100 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10101 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10103 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10104 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10107 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10110 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10111 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10113 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10114 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10116 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10117 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10118 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10119 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10120 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10121 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10123 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10124 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10127 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10128 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10129 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10130 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10131 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10134 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10136 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10137 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10138 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10140 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10145 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10146 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10147 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10148 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10149 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10150 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10152 static const char *
10153 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10155 const char *secname;
10157 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10159 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10160 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10162 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10164 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10165 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10168 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
10169 || (last_text_section == in_named
10170 && last_text_section_name
10171 == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
10172 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10174 secname = text_section_label;
10179 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10180 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10181 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10182 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10183 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10184 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10185 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10186 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10187 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10188 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10191 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10192 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10195 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10196 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10197 struct var_loc_node *node;
10198 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10201 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10202 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10204 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10205 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10207 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10209 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10211 const char *endname, *secname;
10212 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10215 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10216 actually construct the list of locations.
10217 The first location information is what is passed to the
10218 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10219 locations just get added on to that list.
10220 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10221 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10222 the range [current location start, next location start].
10223 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10224 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10226 node = loc_list->first;
10227 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10228 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10230 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10231 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10234 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10235 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10237 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10238 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10239 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10240 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10241 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10244 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10245 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10246 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10248 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10250 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10251 if (!current_function_decl)
10252 endname = text_end_label;
10255 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10256 current_function_funcdef_no);
10257 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10259 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10260 node->label, endname, secname);
10263 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10264 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10268 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10271 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10272 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10274 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10278 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10279 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10280 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10281 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10283 node = loc_list->first;
10284 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10287 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10292 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10293 description from the tree. */
10294 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10297 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10302 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10303 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10304 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10307 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10309 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10310 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10313 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10318 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10320 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10323 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
10324 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a location
10325 list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting a dwarf2
10326 consumer that does not support the dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. */
10328 static dw_loc_list_ref
10329 convert_cfa_to_loc_list (void)
10332 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10334 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10335 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10337 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10339 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10343 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10344 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10345 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10346 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10348 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10350 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10351 advance opcodes. */
10352 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10353 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10355 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10356 last_label = start_label;
10358 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10359 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10361 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10362 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10363 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10364 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10366 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10367 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10369 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10370 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10371 start_label = last_label;
10373 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10376 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10377 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10378 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10379 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10380 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10381 if it were to be required. */
10382 gcc_unreachable ();
10385 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10389 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10391 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10392 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10393 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10394 start_label = last_label;
10396 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa), start_label,
10397 fde->dw_fde_end, section, list == NULL);
10402 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
10403 the CFA, and store it in frame_pointer_cfa_offset. */
10406 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement (void)
10408 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
10410 offset = eliminate_reg_to_offset (arg_pointer_rtx);
10411 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10413 frame_pointer_cfa_offset = -offset;
10417 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10418 the value of the attribute. */
10421 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10423 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10425 if (demangle_name_func)
10426 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10428 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10432 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10435 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10437 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10439 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10442 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10443 a representation for that bound. */
10446 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10448 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10453 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10455 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10456 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10457 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10458 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10459 /* Use the default. */
10462 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10467 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10468 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10469 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10479 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10481 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10482 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10483 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10484 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10485 later parameter. */
10486 if (decl_die != NULL)
10487 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10493 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10494 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10496 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10497 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10499 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10503 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10504 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10506 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10508 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10509 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10510 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10511 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10513 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10519 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10520 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10523 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10525 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10526 unsigned dimension_number;
10529 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10531 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10532 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10533 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10534 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10535 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10536 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10537 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10538 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10540 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10541 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10542 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10543 gen_array_type_die. */
10544 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10545 for (dimension_number = 0;
10546 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10547 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10550 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10552 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10553 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10555 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10558 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10559 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10560 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10562 /* Define the index type. */
10563 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10565 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10566 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10567 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10568 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10569 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10570 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10571 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10574 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10578 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10579 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10581 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10582 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10583 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10585 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10587 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10590 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10591 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10597 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10601 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10606 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10609 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10610 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10613 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10614 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10615 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10616 even for bit-fields. */
10617 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10620 gcc_unreachable ();
10623 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10624 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10625 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10626 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10627 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10630 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10631 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10632 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10635 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10636 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10637 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10638 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10639 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10640 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10642 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10643 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10644 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10647 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10649 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10650 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10651 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10652 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10653 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10654 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10656 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10657 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10659 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10660 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10661 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10662 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10663 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10666 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10668 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10669 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10670 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10671 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10672 below must take account of these differences. */
10673 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10674 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10676 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10678 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10679 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10683 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10684 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10685 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10687 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10690 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10691 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10694 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10696 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10697 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10698 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10700 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10701 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10704 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10705 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10708 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10710 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10711 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10712 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10715 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10716 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10720 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10722 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10724 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10726 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10727 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10728 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10730 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10731 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10735 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10737 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10739 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10742 if (DECL_P (origin))
10743 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10744 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10745 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10747 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10748 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10749 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10750 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10751 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10752 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10753 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10757 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10760 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10763 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10765 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10767 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10769 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10770 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10771 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10772 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10775 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10776 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10777 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10778 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10782 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10785 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10787 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10788 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10790 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10791 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10794 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10795 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10798 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10802 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10803 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10805 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10806 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10807 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10809 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10810 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10811 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10812 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
10813 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
10814 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10815 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10818 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10819 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10820 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10821 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10823 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10824 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10825 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10830 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10833 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10835 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
10838 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10841 pop_decl_scope (void)
10843 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
10846 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10847 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10848 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10849 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10850 the current active scope. */
10853 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10855 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10856 tree containing_scope;
10859 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10860 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10862 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10864 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10865 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10867 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10870 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10873 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10874 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10875 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10876 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10877 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10879 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10880 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10881 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10883 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10884 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10885 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10886 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10887 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10892 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10893 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10895 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10896 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10899 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10902 scope_die = context_die;
10907 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10910 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10912 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10913 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10914 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10920 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10921 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10924 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10926 return (context_die
10927 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10928 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10929 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10932 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10933 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10934 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10937 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10938 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10940 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10941 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10943 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10944 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10945 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10946 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10947 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10948 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10949 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10951 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10952 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10953 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10954 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10955 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10958 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10959 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10960 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10963 if (type_die != NULL)
10964 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10967 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10968 function call type. */
10970 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10972 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
10974 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
10976 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
10977 is not DW_CC_normal. */
10978 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
10979 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
10982 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10983 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10984 was declared without a tag. */
10986 static const char *
10987 type_tag (tree type)
10989 const char *name = 0;
10991 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10995 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10996 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10997 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10999 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11000 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11002 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11003 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11004 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
11006 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11008 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11011 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11014 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11015 for bit field types. */
11018 member_declared_type (tree member)
11020 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11021 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11024 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11025 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11028 static const char *
11029 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11032 const char *fnname;
11034 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11035 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11038 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11040 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11045 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11046 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11047 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11050 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11052 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11053 dw_die_ref array_die;
11056 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11057 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11058 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11059 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11060 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11063 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11064 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11065 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11067 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11069 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11070 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11071 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11072 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11076 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11077 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11078 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11079 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11080 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11081 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11082 for multidimensional arrays. */
11083 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11086 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11087 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11088 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11089 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11090 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11093 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11095 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11096 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11098 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11099 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11100 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11101 add_subscript_info. */
11102 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11103 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11104 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11106 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11109 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11114 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11116 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11117 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11119 if (origin != NULL)
11120 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11123 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11124 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11125 0, 0, context_die);
11128 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11129 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11131 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11135 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11136 emit full debugging info for them. */
11139 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11143 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11144 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11147 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11150 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11152 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11154 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11155 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11156 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11159 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11162 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11164 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11166 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11167 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11168 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11171 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11174 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11176 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11178 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11179 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11180 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11183 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11184 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11185 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11189 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11191 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11193 if (type_die == NULL)
11195 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11196 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11197 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11198 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11200 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11203 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11205 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11206 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11207 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11208 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11212 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11213 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11214 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11215 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11217 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11218 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11219 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11220 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11222 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11223 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11225 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11226 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11228 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11229 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11231 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11232 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11233 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11234 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11235 values as if they were signed. That means that
11236 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11237 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11238 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11239 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11243 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11248 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11249 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11252 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11253 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11254 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11255 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11256 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11257 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11258 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11259 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11262 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11264 dw_die_ref parm_die
11265 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11268 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11270 case tcc_declaration:
11271 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11272 if (origin != NULL)
11273 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11276 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11277 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11278 TREE_READONLY (node),
11279 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11281 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11282 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11285 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11286 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11287 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11292 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11293 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11297 gcc_unreachable ();
11303 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11304 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11307 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11309 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11312 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11313 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11314 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11315 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11318 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11321 tree formal_type = NULL;
11322 tree first_parm_type;
11325 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11327 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11328 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11333 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11335 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11336 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11337 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11339 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11341 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11342 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11345 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11346 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11347 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11348 && link == first_parm_type)
11349 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11350 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11352 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11354 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11357 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11358 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11359 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11360 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11362 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11363 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11364 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11365 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11366 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11367 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11370 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11371 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11372 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11373 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11374 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11377 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11379 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11381 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11382 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11383 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11384 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11386 dw_die_ref type_die;
11387 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11389 push_decl_scope (type);
11390 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11391 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11392 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11393 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11395 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11396 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11397 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11398 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11399 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11401 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11402 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11406 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11412 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11413 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11416 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11418 dw_die_ref old_die;
11421 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11423 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11424 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11426 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11427 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11428 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11431 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11432 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11433 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11435 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11437 gen_type_die_for_member
11438 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11441 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11442 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11443 current_function_decl = decl;
11445 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11446 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11447 if (! was_abstract)
11448 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11450 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11453 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11457 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11459 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11460 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11461 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11464 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11465 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11466 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11468 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11469 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11470 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11471 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11472 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11474 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11475 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11478 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11481 if (origin != NULL)
11483 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11485 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11486 inline function. */
11487 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11488 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11490 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11491 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11495 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11496 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11498 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11499 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11500 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11501 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11502 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11504 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11505 something we have already output. */
11509 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11510 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11511 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11512 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11513 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11514 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11515 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11516 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11517 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11518 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11519 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11520 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11522 subr_die = old_die;
11524 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11525 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11526 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11527 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11528 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11529 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11530 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11534 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11535 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11536 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11537 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11538 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11539 != (unsigned) s.line)
11541 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11546 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11548 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11549 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11551 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11552 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11554 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11555 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11556 0, 0, context_die);
11559 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11560 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11561 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11563 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11564 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11565 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11566 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11571 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11573 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11575 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11576 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11577 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11578 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11580 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11581 later reused to represent definition. */
11582 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11585 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11587 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11589 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11590 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11592 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11596 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11597 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11599 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11602 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11604 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11606 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11607 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11609 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11611 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11612 current_function_funcdef_no);
11613 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11615 current_function_funcdef_no);
11616 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11618 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11619 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11622 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11623 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11624 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11626 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11627 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11628 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11629 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11631 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11632 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11633 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11637 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11638 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11639 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11642 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
11643 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11644 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11645 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11646 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11647 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11648 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11649 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11651 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11652 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11653 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11654 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11656 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_loc_list ();
11657 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11658 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11660 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11663 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11664 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11665 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11666 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11667 by this displacement. */
11668 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement ();
11670 /* For targets which support DWARF2, but not DWARF2 call-frame info,
11671 we just use the stack pointer or frame pointer. */
11672 /* ??? Should investigate getting better info via callbacks, or else
11673 by interpreting the IA-64 unwind info. */
11676 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11677 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11681 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11682 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11683 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11686 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11687 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11688 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11689 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11690 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11691 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11692 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11693 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11694 an ellipsis at the end. */
11696 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11697 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11698 its formal parameters. */
11699 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11701 else if (declaration)
11702 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11705 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11706 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11709 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11710 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11711 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11712 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11714 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11715 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11716 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11717 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11719 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11722 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11723 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11724 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11725 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11726 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11727 parameters at all. */
11728 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11729 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11731 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11732 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11733 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11735 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11736 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11739 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11740 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11741 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11743 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11744 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11745 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11746 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11747 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11748 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11749 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11751 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11752 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11753 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11754 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11755 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11756 constructor function. */
11757 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11759 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11760 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11761 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11763 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11764 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11766 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11767 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11769 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11770 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11772 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11773 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11778 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11779 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11783 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11786 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11788 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11789 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11791 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11792 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11793 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
11794 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
11795 might end up being no definition anywhere in
11796 the program. For example, consider the C++
11800 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
11805 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
11807 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
11808 definition is required, so the compiler will
11809 not emit a definition. */
11810 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
11811 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11812 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11814 if (origin != NULL)
11815 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11817 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11818 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11820 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11821 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11824 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11826 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11827 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11828 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11830 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
11831 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11833 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11834 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11835 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11837 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11838 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11840 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11841 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11843 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11844 != (unsigned) s.line)
11846 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11851 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11852 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11853 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11855 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11856 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11858 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11859 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11861 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11862 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11863 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11864 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11868 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11870 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11871 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11873 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11875 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11876 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11879 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11882 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11885 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11887 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11888 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11890 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11892 if (origin != NULL)
11893 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11895 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11897 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11898 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11901 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11903 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11904 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11905 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11909 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11911 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11912 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11913 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11914 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11915 it if it ever does happen. */
11916 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11918 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11919 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11924 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
11925 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
11926 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
11929 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11931 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
11932 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11934 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_file, file_index);
11935 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
11938 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11939 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
11942 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11944 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11946 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11950 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11952 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11955 add_ranges (chain);
11956 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11963 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11964 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11965 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11966 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11967 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11968 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11972 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11975 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11977 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11979 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11980 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
11982 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11985 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11988 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11990 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11992 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11993 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11994 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11995 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11996 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11998 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12000 dw_die_ref subr_die
12001 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12003 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12004 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12005 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12007 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12008 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12011 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12012 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12013 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12014 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12015 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12016 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12017 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12018 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12019 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12020 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12021 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12023 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12026 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12029 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12031 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12033 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12036 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12037 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12038 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12039 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12042 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12044 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12045 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12046 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12049 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12050 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12052 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12053 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12055 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12056 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12057 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12058 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12060 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12061 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12065 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12066 Use modified_type_die instead.
12067 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12068 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12071 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12074 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12076 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12077 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12078 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12081 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12082 Use modified_type_die instead.
12083 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12084 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12087 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12090 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12092 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12093 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12094 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12098 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12101 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12104 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12105 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12107 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12108 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12109 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12110 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12113 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12116 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12119 char producer[250];
12120 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12123 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12127 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12128 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12129 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
12130 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12133 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12135 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12136 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12137 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12138 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12139 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12140 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12141 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12142 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12143 strcat (producer, " -g");
12146 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12148 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12149 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12150 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12151 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12152 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12153 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12154 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12155 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12156 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12157 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12158 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12159 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12161 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12163 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12167 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
12170 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12172 dw_die_ref type_die
12173 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12175 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12177 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
12178 TODO: add string length info. */
12180 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
12181 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
12185 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12188 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12190 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12192 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12193 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12195 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12196 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12198 if (access == access_public_node)
12199 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12200 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12201 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12204 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12207 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12210 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12213 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12214 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12215 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12216 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12217 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12218 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12219 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12220 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12221 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12222 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12223 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12225 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12228 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12232 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12233 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12234 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12235 : access_public_node), context_die);
12238 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12239 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12241 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12242 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12243 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12244 do put them in the right order. */
12246 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12248 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12250 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12253 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12254 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12256 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12257 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12260 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12262 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12264 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12268 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12269 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12270 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12273 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12275 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12276 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12278 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12279 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12280 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12281 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12283 if (type_die && ! complete)
12286 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12287 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12288 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12291 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12293 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12294 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12296 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12298 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12299 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12301 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12303 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12305 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12308 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12310 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12311 then give a list of members. */
12312 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12314 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12315 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12316 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12317 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12318 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12319 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12321 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12322 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12323 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12324 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12326 push_decl_scope (type);
12327 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12330 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12331 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12333 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12335 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12336 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12337 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12342 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12344 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12345 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12346 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12347 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12351 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12354 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12356 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12357 dw_die_ref subr_die
12358 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12359 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12361 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12362 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12363 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12364 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12367 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12370 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12372 dw_die_ref type_die;
12375 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12378 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12379 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12380 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12381 if (origin != NULL)
12382 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12387 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12388 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12390 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12392 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12393 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12396 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12398 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12399 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12402 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12403 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12406 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12409 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12413 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12416 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12417 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12419 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12422 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12423 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12425 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12426 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12430 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12431 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12432 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12433 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12434 cloned type itself). */
12435 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12436 type = type_main_variant (type);
12438 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12441 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12447 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12448 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12449 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12450 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12451 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12453 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12455 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12456 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12457 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12461 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12462 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12463 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12465 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12466 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12468 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12470 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12473 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12474 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12475 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12476 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12480 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12481 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12482 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12486 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12488 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12489 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12492 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12496 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12499 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12502 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12503 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12504 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12505 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12506 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12507 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12508 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12509 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12510 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12511 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12513 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12515 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12518 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12519 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12520 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12525 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12529 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12530 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12532 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12537 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12538 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12539 when appropriate. */
12548 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12552 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12556 gcc_unreachable ();
12559 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12562 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12565 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12567 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12570 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12571 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12572 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12574 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12576 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12577 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12579 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12584 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12585 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12589 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12593 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12594 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12598 gcc_unreachable ();
12602 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12603 things which are local to the given block. */
12606 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12608 int must_output_die = 0;
12611 enum tree_code origin_code;
12613 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12614 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12617 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12618 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12619 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12620 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12624 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12625 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12630 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12631 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12632 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12633 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12634 the current block. */
12635 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12636 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12638 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12640 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12641 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12642 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12643 must_output_die = 1;
12646 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12647 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12648 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12649 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12650 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12651 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12652 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12653 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12655 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12656 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12657 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12658 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12659 as being a "significant" one. */
12660 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12661 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12662 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12663 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12665 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12666 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12667 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12668 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12669 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12670 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12672 must_output_die = 1;
12678 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12679 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12680 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12681 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12682 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12683 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12684 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12685 if (must_output_die)
12687 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12688 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12690 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12693 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12696 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12697 all of its sub-blocks. */
12700 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12705 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12706 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12709 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12711 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12712 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12713 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12714 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12715 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12719 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12720 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12721 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12722 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12726 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12727 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12728 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12729 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12730 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12731 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
12734 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12738 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12739 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12742 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12743 therein) of this block. */
12744 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12746 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12747 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12750 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12753 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12755 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12758 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12759 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12760 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12761 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12762 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12763 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12769 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12772 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12774 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12775 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12776 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12777 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12780 dw_die_ref context_die;
12781 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12784 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12785 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12786 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12788 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12791 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12793 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12795 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12796 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12797 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12798 declaration die. */
12799 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12800 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12801 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12802 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12806 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12807 gen_decl_die() call. */
12808 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12809 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12810 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12811 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12814 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12815 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12819 gcc_unreachable ();
12822 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12824 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12825 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12831 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12834 force_type_die (tree type)
12836 dw_die_ref type_die;
12838 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12841 dw_die_ref context_die;
12842 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12843 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12844 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12846 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12848 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12850 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12851 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12852 gcc_assert (type_die);
12857 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12858 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12861 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12863 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12864 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12865 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12866 /* Force out the namespace. */
12867 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12869 return context_die;
12872 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12873 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12875 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12876 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12879 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12881 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12883 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12886 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12887 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12888 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12889 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12892 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12894 if (ns_context != context_die)
12896 if (DECL_P (thing))
12897 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12899 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12903 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12906 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12908 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12910 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12911 they are an alias of. */
12912 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12914 /* Output a real namespace. */
12915 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12916 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12917 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12918 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12922 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12924 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12925 dw_die_ref origin_die
12926 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12928 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12929 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12930 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12931 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12932 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12933 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12937 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12940 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12944 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12947 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12953 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12954 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12957 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12958 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12959 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12960 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12961 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12966 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12967 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
12968 if (current_function_decl != decl)
12969 /* This is only a declaration. */;
12972 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12973 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12974 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12976 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12977 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12978 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12979 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12980 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12981 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12982 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12983 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12984 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12986 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12987 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12990 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12991 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12993 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12994 have described its return type. */
12995 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12997 /* And its virtual context. */
12998 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12999 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13001 /* And its containing type. */
13002 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13003 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13004 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13006 /* And its containing namespace. */
13007 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13010 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13011 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13015 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13016 actual typedefs. */
13017 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13020 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13021 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13022 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13023 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13024 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13025 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13026 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13028 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13032 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13033 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13035 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13036 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13040 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13041 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13046 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13047 variable declarations or definitions. */
13048 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13051 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13053 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13055 /* And its containing type. */
13056 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13057 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13058 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13060 /* And its containing namespace. */
13061 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13063 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13064 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13065 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13067 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13068 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13069 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13071 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13075 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13076 anonymous unions and structs. */
13077 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13078 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13079 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13081 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13082 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13087 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13088 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13091 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13092 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13096 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13097 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13102 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
13105 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
13107 unsigned int file_index;
13109 if (filename != NULL)
13111 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13112 tree context_list_decl
13113 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
13116 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
13117 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
13118 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
13119 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13120 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
13124 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13125 compilation proper has finished. */
13128 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13130 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13131 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13132 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13133 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13134 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13135 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13138 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13139 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13141 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13144 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13147 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13150 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13152 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13153 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13154 unsigned file_index;
13155 expanded_location xloc;
13157 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13162 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13163 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13166 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13167 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13169 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13170 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13171 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13173 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13175 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13176 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13177 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13180 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13181 if (!at_import_die)
13183 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13184 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13185 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13187 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13188 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13190 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13191 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13192 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13194 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13196 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13197 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13199 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13203 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13204 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13205 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13207 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13209 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13210 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
13211 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13212 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13213 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13216 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13219 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13221 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13223 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13228 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13229 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13230 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13231 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13232 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13233 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13234 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13235 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13236 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13237 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13238 with the definition of the function.
13240 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13241 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13242 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13243 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13244 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13245 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13246 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13247 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13248 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13249 that they *are* definitions).
13251 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13252 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13253 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13254 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13255 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13256 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13259 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13260 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13261 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13262 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13263 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13264 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13265 context_die = NULL;
13269 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13270 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13271 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13272 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13273 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13274 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13275 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13276 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13277 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13280 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13281 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13282 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13284 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13285 variable declarations or definitions. */
13286 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13290 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13291 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13293 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13298 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13299 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13302 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13303 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13304 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13306 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13307 comparisons have. */
13308 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
13309 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
13310 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13311 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13312 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13317 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13318 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13321 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13322 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13323 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13324 context_die = NULL;
13332 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13335 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13336 a lexical block. */
13339 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13340 unsigned int blocknum)
13342 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13343 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13346 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13350 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13352 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13353 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13356 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13357 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13359 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13360 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13361 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13364 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13368 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13369 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13370 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13376 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13377 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13378 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13379 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13380 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13381 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13382 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13383 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13384 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13388 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13391 char *save_file_name;
13393 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13394 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13395 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13398 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13399 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13400 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13403 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13404 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13405 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13406 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13408 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13412 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13413 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13414 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13415 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13416 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13418 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13419 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13420 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13421 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13423 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13424 return maybe_emit_file (i);
13429 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13430 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13431 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13432 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13433 types, which may include filenames. */
13436 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13438 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13440 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13442 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13443 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13444 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13445 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13446 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13447 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13449 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13455 /* Initialize the compiler internal file table. */
13458 init_file_table (void)
13460 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13461 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13462 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13464 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13465 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13466 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13467 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13470 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13471 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13472 our lookup table. */
13475 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13477 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13478 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13480 static rtx last_insn;
13481 static const char *last_label;
13484 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13486 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13488 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13489 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13490 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13492 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13493 && last_insn == prev_insn
13494 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13495 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13497 newloc->label = last_label;
13501 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13502 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13504 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13506 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13507 newloc->next = NULL;
13510 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
13511 || (last_text_section == in_named
13512 && last_text_section_name == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
13513 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13515 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13517 last_insn = loc_note;
13518 last_label = newloc->label;
13519 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13520 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)
13521 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13522 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13523 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13526 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13527 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13528 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13529 that hook is called. */
13532 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13534 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13537 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13538 and record information relating to this source line, in
13539 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13542 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13544 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13547 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13549 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13550 if (flag_debug_asm)
13551 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13554 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13556 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13558 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13560 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13561 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13563 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13564 line_info_table_in_use++;
13566 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13567 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13568 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
13570 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13572 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13573 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13574 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13576 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13577 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13578 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13580 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13581 separate_line_info_table
13582 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13583 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13584 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13585 memset (separate_line_info_table
13586 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13588 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13589 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13592 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13594 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13595 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13596 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13597 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13601 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13603 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13604 line_info_table_in_use);
13606 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13607 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13609 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13611 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13612 (line_info_table_allocated
13613 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13614 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13615 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13618 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13619 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13620 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13621 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13626 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13629 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13631 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13633 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13634 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13636 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13637 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13640 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13644 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13645 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13646 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13649 fileno = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13650 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (fileno, "Filename we just started");
13654 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13657 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13659 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13660 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13661 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13663 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13665 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13666 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13670 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13671 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13672 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13675 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13676 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13678 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13680 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13682 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13683 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13687 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13688 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13689 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13692 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13693 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13695 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13697 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13698 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13700 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13704 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13707 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13709 init_file_table ();
13711 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13712 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13713 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13715 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13716 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13717 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13719 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13720 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13722 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13723 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13724 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13725 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13726 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13727 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13729 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13730 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13731 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13732 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13734 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13735 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13737 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13738 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13739 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13740 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13741 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13742 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13743 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13745 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
13747 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
13749 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13750 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13751 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13752 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13753 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
13754 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13755 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13757 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13758 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13759 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13760 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13761 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13762 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13763 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13764 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13765 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13766 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13767 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13768 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13770 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13772 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13773 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13774 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13775 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13779 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13780 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
13782 unlikely_text_section ();
13783 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
13787 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13788 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13791 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13793 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13795 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13797 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
13798 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13799 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13807 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13808 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13811 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13815 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13816 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13820 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13821 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13824 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13828 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13830 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13832 /* A reference to another DIE.
13833 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13834 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13836 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_call_file)
13838 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13839 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13840 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13846 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13847 to DIE's children. */
13850 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13854 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13856 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13859 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13860 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13861 if (die->die_parent)
13862 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13864 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13865 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13867 /* If this node is a specification,
13868 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13869 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13870 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13873 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13875 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13876 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13880 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13882 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13883 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13884 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13885 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13887 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13893 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13896 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13900 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13904 switch (die->die_tag) {
13905 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13906 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13907 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13908 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13909 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13910 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13911 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13912 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13913 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13914 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13915 case DW_TAG_friend:
13916 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13917 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13918 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13919 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13920 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13921 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13922 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13923 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13924 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13928 /* Mark everything else. */
13934 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13935 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13937 /* Mark children. */
13938 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13939 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13943 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13946 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
13948 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
13950 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
13953 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
13958 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
13966 die->die_child = n;
13973 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13976 prune_unused_types (void)
13979 limbo_die_node *node;
13981 /* Clear all the marks. */
13982 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13983 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13984 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13986 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13987 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
13988 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13989 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
13991 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13992 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13993 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
13994 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
13995 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
13996 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13998 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13999 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14000 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14001 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14003 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14004 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14005 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14006 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14009 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14010 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14013 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14015 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14016 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14018 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14019 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14020 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14021 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14022 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14023 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14026 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
14027 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
14028 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
14029 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
14031 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14036 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14037 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14038 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14039 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14041 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14043 next_node = node->next;
14046 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14048 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14051 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14052 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14054 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14055 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14056 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14059 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14060 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14061 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14062 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14063 this to be a child of the containing function.
14065 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14066 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14067 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14068 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14069 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14071 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14073 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14074 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14075 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14076 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14078 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
14080 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14082 add_child_die (origin, die);
14084 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14089 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14091 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14092 emit full debugging info for them. */
14093 retry_incomplete_types ();
14095 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
14096 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
14097 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
14099 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14100 prune_unused_types ();
14102 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14103 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14104 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14105 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14107 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14108 that have children. */
14109 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14110 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14111 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14113 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14115 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14116 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14118 unlikely_text_section ();
14119 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14122 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14123 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14124 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14125 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14126 examining the file. */
14127 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14129 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14130 output_line_info ();
14133 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14134 if (have_location_lists)
14136 /* Output the location lists info. */
14137 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14138 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14139 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14140 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14141 output_location_lists (die);
14142 have_location_lists = 0;
14145 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14147 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
14149 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14150 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14153 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14154 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14155 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14156 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14158 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14159 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14160 debug_line_section_label);
14162 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14163 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14165 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14166 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14167 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14168 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14170 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14172 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14173 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14174 output_abbrev_section ();
14176 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14177 if (pubname_table_in_use)
14179 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14180 output_pubnames ();
14183 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14184 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14185 if (fde_table_in_use)
14187 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14191 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14192 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14194 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14195 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14199 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14200 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14202 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14203 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14206 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14208 if (debug_str_hash)
14209 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14213 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14214 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14216 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14218 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"